1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even
23 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount
25 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true
34 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
35 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
37 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
39 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
40 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
42 typedef enum split16_format_type
49 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
56 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
57 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
58 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
60 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
61 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
63 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
65 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
67 /* For old-style PLT. */
68 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
69 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
71 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
72 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
73 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
76 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
77 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
78 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
79 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
81 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
83 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
84 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
85 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
86 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
88 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
89 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
90 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
91 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
92 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
93 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
97 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
98 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
100 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
101 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
102 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
103 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
104 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
105 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
106 0x60000000, /* nop */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
110 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
111 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
112 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
113 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
115 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
116 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
117 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
118 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
119 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
120 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
121 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
124 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
125 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
127 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
128 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
129 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
130 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
137 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
138 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
140 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
143 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
144 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
146 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
148 /* Some instructions. */
149 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
150 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
151 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
152 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
153 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
154 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
155 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
157 #define BA 0x48000002
158 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
159 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
160 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
161 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
162 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
163 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
164 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
165 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
166 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
167 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
168 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
169 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
170 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
171 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
172 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
173 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
174 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
175 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
176 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
177 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
178 #define NOP 0x60000000
179 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
181 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
182 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
183 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
185 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
186 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
187 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
188 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
191 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
192 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
193 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
194 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
195 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
196 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
197 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
198 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
199 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
200 complain, special_func) \
201 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
202 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
203 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
205 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
207 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
208 /* This reloc does nothing. */
209 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
210 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
212 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
213 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
214 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
216 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
217 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
218 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
219 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
221 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
222 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
223 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
225 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
226 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
227 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
229 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
230 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
231 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
233 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
234 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
235 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
236 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
238 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
239 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
240 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
241 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
243 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
244 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
245 bits must be zero. */
246 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
247 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
249 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
250 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
251 two bits must be zero. */
252 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
253 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
255 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
256 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
257 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
259 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
260 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
261 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
263 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
264 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
266 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
267 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
269 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
270 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
272 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
273 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
275 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
277 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
278 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
280 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
282 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
283 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
285 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
287 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
288 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
290 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
292 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
293 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
295 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
296 entry for the symbol. */
297 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
298 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
300 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
301 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
302 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
303 shared library into the object, because the object being
304 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
305 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
306 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
308 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
310 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
311 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
313 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
314 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
315 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
317 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
318 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
320 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
324 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
326 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
327 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
329 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
330 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
331 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
333 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
334 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
335 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
337 /* 32-bit PC relative */
338 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont
,
339 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
341 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
342 FIXME: not supported. */
343 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
344 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
346 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
347 FIXME: not supported. */
348 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, true, dont
,
349 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
351 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
353 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
354 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
356 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
358 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
359 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
361 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
363 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
364 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
366 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
368 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
369 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
371 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
372 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
373 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
375 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
376 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
377 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
379 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
380 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
381 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
383 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
384 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
385 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
387 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
388 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
389 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
391 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
392 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
394 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
395 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
397 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
398 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
399 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
401 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
402 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
404 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
405 definition of its TLS sym. */
406 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
407 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
410 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
411 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
412 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
413 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
415 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
416 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
417 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
420 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
421 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
423 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
424 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
425 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
427 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
428 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
429 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
431 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
432 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
433 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
434 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
436 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
437 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
438 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
440 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
441 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
442 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
444 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
445 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
446 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
448 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
449 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
450 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
452 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
453 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
454 to the first entry. */
455 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
456 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
458 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
459 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
460 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
462 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
463 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
464 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
466 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
467 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
468 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
470 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
471 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
473 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
474 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
476 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
477 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
478 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
480 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
481 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
482 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
484 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
485 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
486 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
488 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
489 the offset to the entry. */
490 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
491 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
493 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
494 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
495 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
497 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
498 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
499 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
501 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
502 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
503 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
505 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
506 offset to the entry. */
507 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
508 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
510 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
511 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
512 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
514 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
515 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
516 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
518 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
519 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
520 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
522 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
523 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
525 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
526 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
527 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
529 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
530 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
531 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
534 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
535 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
537 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
538 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
539 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
541 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
542 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
544 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
545 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
547 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
548 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
549 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
550 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
551 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
553 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
554 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
555 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
556 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
557 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
559 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
561 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
562 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
564 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
565 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
566 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
567 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
568 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
577 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
578 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
579 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
580 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
581 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
583 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
584 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
588 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
589 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
591 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
592 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
593 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
595 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
596 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont
,
597 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
600 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont
,
601 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
603 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
604 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
605 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
607 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
608 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
609 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
611 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
612 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
613 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
615 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
616 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
617 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
619 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
620 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
621 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
622 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
623 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
626 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
627 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
629 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
630 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont
,
631 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
633 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
634 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont
,
635 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
637 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
638 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
639 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
641 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
642 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
643 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
645 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
646 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
647 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
649 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
650 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
651 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
653 /* e_li split20 format. */
654 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont
,
655 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
657 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
658 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
660 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
661 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
662 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
664 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
665 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont
,
666 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
668 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
669 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
670 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
672 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
673 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
674 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
675 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
677 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
678 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
679 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
681 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
682 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
683 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
685 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
686 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
689 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
690 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
693 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
694 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
695 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
701 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
703 unsigned int i
, type
;
706 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
709 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
710 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
711 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
713 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
717 static reloc_howto_type
*
718 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
719 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
721 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
723 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
724 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
725 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
732 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
736 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
738 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
749 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
751 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
762 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
767 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
769 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
837 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
839 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
840 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
842 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
843 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
845 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
846 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
848 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
849 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
851 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
852 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
854 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
864 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
867 static reloc_howto_type
*
868 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
874 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
876 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
877 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
878 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
883 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
886 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
888 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
896 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
897 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
899 /* xgettext:c-format */
900 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
906 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
908 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
909 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
910 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
912 /* xgettext:c-format */
913 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
923 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
925 static bfd_reloc_status_type
926 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
927 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
930 asection
*input_section
,
932 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
936 bfd_size_type octets
;
939 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
941 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
945 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
946 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
947 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
948 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
951 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
952 value
= symbol
->value
;
953 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
954 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
955 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
956 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
957 + input_section
->output_offset
958 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
961 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
962 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
,
963 input_section
, octets
))
964 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
966 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
968 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
969 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
973 static bfd_reloc_status_type
974 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
975 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
978 asection
*input_section
,
980 char **error_message
)
982 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
983 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
985 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
986 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
987 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
989 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
991 static char *message
;
993 if (asprintf (&message
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
994 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
) < 0)
996 *error_message
= message
;
998 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1001 /* Sections created by the linker. */
1003 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1005 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1009 /* Associated bss section name. */
1010 const char *bss_name
;
1011 /* Associated symbol name. */
1012 const char *sym_name
;
1013 /* Associated symbol. */
1014 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1015 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1017 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1018 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1019 based on different addend's. */
1021 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1023 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1024 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1025 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1029 /* which linker section this is */
1030 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1031 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1033 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1035 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1037 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1038 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1039 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1041 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1042 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1043 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1046 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1047 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1049 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1050 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1052 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1053 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1054 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1056 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1059 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1061 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1065 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1068 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1070 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1072 unsigned char *contents
;
1074 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1075 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1078 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1079 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1082 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1087 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1090 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1092 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1095 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1097 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1100 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1103 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1106 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1108 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1109 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1112 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1113 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1115 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1116 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1119 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1120 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1131 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1133 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1135 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1136 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1138 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1145 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1146 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1149 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1151 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1154 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1156 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1158 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1160 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1161 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1162 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1165 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1168 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1171 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1173 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1174 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1176 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1177 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = true;
1181 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1184 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1189 switch (note
->descsz
)
1194 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1196 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1199 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1208 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1209 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1210 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1214 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1216 switch (note
->descsz
)
1221 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1222 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1223 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1224 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1225 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1226 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1227 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1230 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1231 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1232 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1235 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1236 int n
= strlen (command
);
1238 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1239 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1246 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1255 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1258 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1259 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1260 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1261 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1263 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1264 -Wstringop-truncation:
1265 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1267 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1269 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1270 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1274 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1275 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1286 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1287 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1288 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1289 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1290 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1291 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1292 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1293 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1294 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1296 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1297 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1303 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1306 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1312 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1313 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1316 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1317 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1320 return rel
->address
;
1323 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1324 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1328 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1329 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1336 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1339 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1341 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1342 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1344 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1345 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1347 if (startswith (name
, ".PPC.EMB"))
1349 if (startswith (name
, ".sbss")
1350 || startswith (name
, ".sdata"))
1351 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1354 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1357 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1360 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1361 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1364 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1365 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1370 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1371 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1374 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1375 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1380 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1381 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1384 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1385 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1391 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1394 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1395 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1397 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1399 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1400 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1401 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1402 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1403 We maintain the original output section order. */
1405 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1407 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1410 unsigned int p_flags
;
1412 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1415 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1417 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1419 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1422 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1423 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1428 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1430 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1432 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1434 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1437 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1438 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1439 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1442 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1444 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1445 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1446 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1447 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1448 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1450 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1451 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1456 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1457 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1458 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1460 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1461 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1462 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1466 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1467 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1468 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1469 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1471 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1479 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1480 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1481 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1484 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1490 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1491 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1492 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1493 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1494 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1495 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1498 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1499 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1500 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1502 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1503 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1505 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1507 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1508 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1511 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1515 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1516 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1520 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1523 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1524 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1526 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1527 unsigned long value
;
1531 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1532 static bool apuinfo_set
;
1535 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1538 apuinfo_set
= false;
1542 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1544 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1546 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1548 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1550 entry
= entry
->next
;
1553 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1557 entry
->value
= value
;
1563 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1565 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1566 unsigned long count
;
1568 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1570 entry
= entry
->next
)
1576 static inline unsigned long
1577 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1579 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1583 entry
= entry
->next
)
1586 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1590 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1592 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1594 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1596 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1604 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1605 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1608 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1612 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1613 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1615 unsigned long length
;
1616 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1618 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1621 apuinfo_list_init ();
1623 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1624 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1626 unsigned long datum
;
1628 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1632 /* xgettext:c-format */
1633 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1634 length
= asec
->size
;
1639 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1642 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1643 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1648 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1649 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1651 /* xgettext:c-format */
1652 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1656 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1657 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1658 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1659 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1660 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1663 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1667 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1670 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1671 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1672 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1675 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1676 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1677 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1680 error_message
= NULL
;
1684 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1685 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1687 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1688 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1690 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1693 /* xgettext:c-format */
1694 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1702 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1705 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1706 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1709 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1710 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1712 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1714 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1717 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1720 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1725 unsigned num_entries
;
1726 bfd_size_type length
;
1728 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1735 length
= asec
->size
;
1739 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1743 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1747 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1748 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1749 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1750 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1751 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1752 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1755 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1757 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1761 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1762 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1764 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1765 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1769 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1773 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1775 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1776 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1780 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1782 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1784 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1787 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1788 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1789 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1790 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1794 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1796 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1797 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1798 && section
->vma
<= vma
1799 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1803 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1804 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1807 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
1808 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1809 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1810 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1814 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1821 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1824 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1827 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1831 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1835 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1836 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1837 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1838 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1840 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1841 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1842 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1843 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1845 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1847 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1849 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1852 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1853 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1856 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1857 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1859 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1860 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1862 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1865 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1867 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1868 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1870 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1871 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1872 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1879 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1882 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1883 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1889 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1890 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1891 glink stubs now reside. */
1892 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1896 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1897 from the first glink stub. */
1898 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1899 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1901 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1903 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1905 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1906 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1908 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1909 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1911 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1912 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1914 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1916 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1921 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1922 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1923 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1924 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1925 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1926 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1927 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1928 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1929 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1930 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1932 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1935 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1936 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, true))
1939 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1940 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1941 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1943 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1945 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1948 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1951 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1953 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1957 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1958 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1959 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1960 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1964 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1965 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1967 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1968 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1969 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1970 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1971 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1972 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1974 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1977 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1978 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1982 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1983 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1984 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1985 names
+= strlen (names
);
1987 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1988 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1993 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1994 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1996 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1998 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2000 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
2001 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2007 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2008 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2010 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2012 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2014 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2015 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2023 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2024 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2025 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2026 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2027 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2030 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2031 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2034 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2036 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2037 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2038 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2039 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2040 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2043 /* The .got2 section. */
2046 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2049 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2053 /* .glink stub offset. */
2054 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2057 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2058 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2059 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2062 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2063 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2068 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2069 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2070 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2071 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2076 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2077 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2083 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2084 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2085 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2086 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2087 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2088 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2092 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2093 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2094 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2096 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2098 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2099 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2101 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2103 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2106 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2107 unsigned int count
: 31;
2109 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2110 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2113 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2115 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2117 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2119 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2120 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2121 from the beginning of the section. */
2122 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2124 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2125 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2126 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2127 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2128 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2129 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2130 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2131 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2132 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2133 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2134 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2135 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2136 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2137 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2138 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2139 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2141 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2142 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2143 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2144 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2145 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2147 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2149 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2151 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2152 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2153 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2156 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2158 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2162 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2164 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2165 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2167 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2171 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2173 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2175 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2177 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2180 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2181 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2183 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2186 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2188 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2192 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2193 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2195 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2196 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2197 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2198 unsigned int got_gap
;
2200 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2201 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2203 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2204 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2205 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2206 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2208 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2209 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2211 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2212 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2214 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2216 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2218 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2219 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2222 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2223 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2225 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2226 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2228 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2230 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2232 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2233 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2235 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2237 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2238 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2239 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2240 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2242 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2244 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2245 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2246 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2249 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2253 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2254 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2259 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2260 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2263 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2264 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2271 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2273 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2274 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2276 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2277 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2278 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2280 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2284 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2285 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2286 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2293 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2294 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2295 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2296 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2298 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2300 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2301 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2302 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2304 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2305 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2306 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2308 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2309 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2310 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2312 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2315 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2318 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2323 htab
->params
= params
;
2324 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2327 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2330 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2332 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2334 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2337 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2338 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2340 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2342 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2343 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2344 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2351 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2352 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2353 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2356 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2357 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2359 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2363 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2364 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2366 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2371 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2372 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2374 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2375 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2377 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2382 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2384 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2389 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2390 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2391 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2393 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2394 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2395 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2400 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2402 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2403 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2404 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2405 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2407 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2411 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2412 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2415 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2418 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2419 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2420 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2421 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2423 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2426 /* Local plt entries. */
2427 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2428 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2429 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2431 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2432 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2435 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2437 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2438 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2440 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2441 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2442 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2457 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2458 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2459 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2462 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2464 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2468 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2470 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2471 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2474 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2477 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2478 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2481 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2482 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2487 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2489 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2490 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2491 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2494 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2498 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
2499 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2503 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2504 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2505 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2506 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2507 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2510 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2513 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2514 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2515 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2517 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2519 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2520 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2522 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2523 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2525 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2526 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2527 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2528 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2529 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2530 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2531 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2533 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2534 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2537 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2539 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2541 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2544 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2545 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2546 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2550 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2551 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2553 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2554 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2561 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
2564 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
2565 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2568 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2569 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2570 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2571 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2573 /* And plt entries. */
2574 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2576 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2578 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2579 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2581 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2583 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2585 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2586 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2588 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2595 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2598 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2599 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2602 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2604 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2605 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2606 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2607 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2608 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2609 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2610 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2614 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2615 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2618 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2619 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2620 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2621 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2622 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2626 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2627 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2628 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2629 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2631 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2633 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2635 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2636 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2638 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2640 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2641 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2643 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2646 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2651 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2657 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2659 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2660 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2661 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2663 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2665 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2666 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2667 return linker_pointers
;
2672 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2675 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2676 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2677 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2678 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2680 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2681 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2682 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2685 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2687 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2690 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2692 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2693 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2694 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2699 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2703 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2705 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2706 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2708 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2711 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2714 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2715 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2720 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2723 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2724 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2729 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2732 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2733 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2734 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2735 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2736 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2738 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2741 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2742 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2743 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2744 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2746 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2748 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2749 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2753 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2754 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2755 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2761 static struct plt_entry
**
2762 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2763 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2764 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2767 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2768 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2769 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2771 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2773 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2775 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2776 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2777 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2778 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2779 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2781 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2784 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2785 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2786 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2787 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2788 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2789 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2793 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2794 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2796 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2800 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2801 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2805 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2806 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2811 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2812 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2815 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2819 static struct plt_entry
*
2820 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2822 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2826 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2827 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2833 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2835 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2842 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2843 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2844 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2845 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2848 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2851 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2853 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2854 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2855 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2856 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2859 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true
2860 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */
2863 offset_in_range (asection
*sec
, bfd_vma offset
, size_t size
)
2865 return offset
<= sec
->size
&& size
<= sec
->size
- offset
;
2869 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2872 /* xgettext:c-format */
2873 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2875 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2876 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2879 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2880 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2884 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2885 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2887 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2889 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2890 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2891 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2892 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2893 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2894 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2895 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2897 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2901 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2905 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2907 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2908 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2909 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2911 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2912 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2914 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2915 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2916 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2919 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2920 false, false, true);
2921 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2922 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2923 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2926 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2927 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2929 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2930 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2931 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2933 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2934 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2937 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2938 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2942 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2943 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2944 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2945 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2948 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2949 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2952 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2953 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2955 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2956 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2957 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2959 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2963 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2965 if (h
== NULL
&& htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2967 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
2972 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2974 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2975 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2976 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2980 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2981 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2983 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2984 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2985 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2986 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2987 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2990 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2991 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2992 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2993 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2994 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2995 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2996 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2997 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2998 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
3004 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
3005 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
3010 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3011 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3012 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3016 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3017 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3024 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3025 its parameter symbol. */
3027 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3029 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3030 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3041 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3048 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3054 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3055 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3056 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3057 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3061 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3062 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3063 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3064 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3066 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3069 /* GOT16 relocations */
3071 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3072 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3073 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3074 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3075 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3077 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3078 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3079 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3084 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3085 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3088 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3089 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3092 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3094 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3096 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3101 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3102 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3103 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3104 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3109 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3110 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3114 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3115 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3116 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3118 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3121 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3122 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3127 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3128 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3132 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3133 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3144 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3145 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3161 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3162 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3164 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3167 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3170 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3171 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3175 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3176 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3177 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3178 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3181 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3182 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3187 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3188 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3189 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3190 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3192 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3195 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3198 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3202 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3206 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3207 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3208 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3209 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3212 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3214 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3217 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3218 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3224 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3225 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3227 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3230 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3231 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3232 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3233 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3234 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3235 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3236 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3240 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3241 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3242 section relative. */
3244 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3245 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3246 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3247 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3248 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3249 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3250 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3255 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3256 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3257 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3258 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3259 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3262 /* These are just markers. */
3264 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3268 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3269 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3273 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3275 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3276 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3277 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3278 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3281 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3283 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3284 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3285 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3286 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3290 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3291 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3292 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3294 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3295 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3297 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3300 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3305 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3306 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3307 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3308 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3312 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3313 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3314 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3315 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3319 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3320 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3321 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3323 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3326 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3327 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3328 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3332 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3333 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3339 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3340 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3341 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3343 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3344 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3345 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3346 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3347 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3350 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3352 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
3357 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3360 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3361 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3364 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3371 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3372 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3375 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3377 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3378 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3379 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3382 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3384 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3385 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3386 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3387 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3388 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3394 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3395 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3398 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3400 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3402 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3403 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3411 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3412 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3413 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3415 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3416 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3418 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3424 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3425 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3426 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3427 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3428 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3429 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3430 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3431 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3432 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3433 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3434 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3435 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3436 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3437 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3438 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3441 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3442 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3443 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3445 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3446 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3448 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3449 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3450 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3451 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3452 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3454 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3455 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3459 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3460 "create relocation for %s\n",
3461 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3462 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3466 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3467 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3469 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3470 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ true);
3476 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3477 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3480 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3481 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3483 rel_head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
3485 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3487 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3490 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3497 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3502 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3503 We really need local syms available to do this
3505 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3506 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3510 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3512 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
3517 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3521 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3522 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3523 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3525 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3527 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3529 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3532 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3535 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3549 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3550 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3552 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3554 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3555 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3556 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3560 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3561 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3562 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3563 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3564 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3565 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3566 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3567 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3568 warn_only
= (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
3570 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3571 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3573 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3574 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3576 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3578 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3579 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3580 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3584 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3588 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3589 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3593 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3596 /* xgettext:c-format */
3597 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3601 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3604 /* xgettext:c-format */
3605 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3609 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3612 /* xgettext:c-format */
3613 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3614 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3617 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3620 /* xgettext:c-format */
3621 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3622 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3626 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3627 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3630 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3634 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3635 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3639 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3642 /* xgettext:c-format */
3643 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3644 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3647 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3650 /* xgettext:c-format */
3651 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3652 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3655 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3658 /* xgettext:c-format */
3659 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3660 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3663 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3666 /* xgettext:c-format */
3667 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3668 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3675 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3676 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3681 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3682 there are conflicting attributes. */
3684 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3687 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3688 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3691 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3694 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3695 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3696 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3698 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3699 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3700 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3701 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3703 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3705 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3706 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3707 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3711 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3713 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3714 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3717 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3718 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3719 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3720 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3722 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3724 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3726 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3727 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3730 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3733 /* xgettext:c-format */
3734 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3736 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3739 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3742 /* xgettext:c-format */
3743 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3745 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3750 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3751 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3752 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3753 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3754 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3756 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3757 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3758 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3760 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3762 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3764 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3765 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3768 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3771 /* xgettext:c-format */
3772 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3773 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3774 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3777 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3780 /* xgettext:c-format */
3781 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3782 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3783 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3793 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3794 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3797 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3798 object file when linking. */
3801 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3803 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3808 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3811 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3812 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3815 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3818 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3821 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3822 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3823 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3825 /* First call, no flags set. */
3826 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = true;
3827 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3830 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3831 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3834 /* Incompatible flags. */
3837 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3838 to be linked with either. */
3840 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3841 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3845 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3846 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3848 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3849 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3853 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3854 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3857 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3858 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3859 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3861 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3862 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3863 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3864 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3865 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3866 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3868 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3869 any module uses it. */
3870 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3872 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3873 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3875 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3876 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3880 /* xgettext:c-format */
3881 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3882 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3883 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3888 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3896 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3897 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3898 asection
*input_section
,
3899 unsigned long offset
,
3902 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3905 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3907 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
, 4))
3908 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3909 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3910 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3911 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3912 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3913 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3915 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3917 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3920 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3923 /* xgettext:c-format */
3924 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3925 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3928 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3929 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3930 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3931 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3932 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3933 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3934 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3936 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3939 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3942 /* xgettext:c-format */
3943 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3944 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3947 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3949 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3950 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3951 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3953 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3954 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3955 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3960 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3961 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3963 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3964 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3965 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
3969 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3973 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3974 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3975 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3976 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3977 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3978 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3979 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3980 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3981 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3985 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3986 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3988 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3989 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3991 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3994 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3996 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3998 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4000 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
4001 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4002 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4003 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4004 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
4005 false, false, true)) != NULL
4006 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4009 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4010 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4012 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
4013 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
4014 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
4015 r30 to be set up. */
4016 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4021 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4023 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4024 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4025 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4026 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4027 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4029 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4030 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4032 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4034 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4037 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4041 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4044 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4046 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4047 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4049 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4052 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4054 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4056 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4057 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4059 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4060 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4061 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4064 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4065 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4066 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4071 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4072 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4073 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4076 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4079 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4083 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4084 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4085 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4086 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4087 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4090 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4092 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4093 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4097 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4101 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4102 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4104 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4105 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4106 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4109 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4111 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4113 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4114 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4116 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4117 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4118 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4119 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4127 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4129 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4130 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4131 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4132 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4136 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4137 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4141 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4142 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4144 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4146 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4147 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4148 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4149 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4150 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4151 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4153 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4155 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4163 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4164 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4166 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4168 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4169 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4172 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4173 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4175 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4176 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4177 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4178 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4179 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4181 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4187 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4188 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4191 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4193 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4196 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4198 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4202 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4203 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4204 between the call and its destination. */
4208 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4209 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4211 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4213 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4214 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4217 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4218 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4220 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4222 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4226 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4227 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4228 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4229 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4230 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4231 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4232 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4233 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4234 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4235 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4236 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4237 together except their symbol. */
4239 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4241 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4242 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4244 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4248 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4250 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4251 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4252 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4254 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4256 /* Read the relocations. */
4257 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4259 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4262 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4263 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4265 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4266 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4268 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4269 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4270 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4272 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4273 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4276 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4277 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4280 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4282 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4287 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4291 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4294 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4295 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4296 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4297 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4298 + sec
->output_offset
4299 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4300 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4301 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4304 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4308 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4309 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4311 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4314 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4321 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4322 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4325 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4327 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4329 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4330 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4331 false, false, true);
4332 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4333 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= true;
4335 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4337 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4338 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4339 false, false, true);
4341 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4342 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4344 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4345 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4346 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4347 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4348 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4349 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4351 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4353 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4354 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4356 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4357 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4358 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4362 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4363 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4364 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4366 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4368 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4370 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4372 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4375 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4380 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= true;
4382 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4383 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4384 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4386 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4387 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4390 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4393 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4397 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4398 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4399 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4401 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4402 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4403 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4405 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4407 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4408 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4410 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4411 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4412 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4413 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4420 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4424 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4425 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4429 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4432 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4435 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4439 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4441 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4442 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4443 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4444 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4445 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4446 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4447 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4448 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4450 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4451 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4453 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4454 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4456 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4457 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4459 /* Read the relocations. */
4460 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4462 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4465 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4466 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4468 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4469 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4470 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4471 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4472 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4474 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4476 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4477 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4479 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4481 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4482 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4483 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4484 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4485 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4488 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4489 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4490 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4491 without marker relocs, then check that each
4492 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4493 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4494 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4495 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4497 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4499 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4500 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4501 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4503 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4504 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4505 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4506 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4511 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4516 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4521 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4522 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4523 that turns out to be the case. */
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4534 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4537 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4538 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4544 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4548 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4549 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4550 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4551 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4556 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4567 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4568 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4571 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4573 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4574 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4575 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4577 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4579 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4580 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4581 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4582 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4583 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4586 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4589 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4590 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4591 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4594 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4595 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4601 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4606 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
4609 unsigned char buf
[4];
4611 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
4612 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
4615 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4619 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
4620 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4621 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4622 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4624 /* xgettext:c-format */
4625 info
->callbacks
->minfo
4626 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4627 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
4628 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4633 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
4634 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4643 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4644 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4647 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4648 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4649 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4652 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4653 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4654 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4655 the entire optimization. */
4656 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4657 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4658 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4659 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4666 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4667 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4671 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4672 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4673 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4675 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4676 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4678 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4679 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4680 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4681 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4682 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4683 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4686 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4687 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4688 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4689 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4690 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4691 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4692 Disable optimization in this case. */
4693 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4694 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4695 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4696 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4699 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4701 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4704 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4705 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4706 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4707 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4708 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4710 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4711 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4718 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4723 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4724 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4727 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4734 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4735 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4736 size_dynamic_sections. */
4739 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4741 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4744 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4746 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4747 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4752 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4755 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4757 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4759 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4760 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4765 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4766 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4767 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4768 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4772 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4773 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4775 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4779 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4780 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4783 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4784 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4785 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4787 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4791 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4793 /* Deal with function syms. */
4794 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4795 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4798 bool local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4799 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4800 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4801 function symbol is local. */
4802 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4803 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4805 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4806 won't need a .plt entry. */
4807 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4808 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4809 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4812 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4814 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4815 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4816 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4818 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4820 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4821 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4822 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4824 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4826 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4827 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4828 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4830 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4834 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4835 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4836 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4837 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4838 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4839 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4840 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4841 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4843 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4845 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4846 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4847 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4848 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4849 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4851 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4852 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4853 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4854 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4855 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4857 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4858 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4859 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4860 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4862 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4863 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4867 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4869 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4870 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4871 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4872 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4874 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4875 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4876 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4877 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4878 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4879 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4880 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4881 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4885 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4886 is not a function. */
4888 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4889 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4890 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4891 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4892 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4894 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4898 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4899 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4900 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4902 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4906 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4907 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4908 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4909 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4910 if (h
->protected_def
)
4912 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4913 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4914 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4915 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4916 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4917 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4921 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4922 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4925 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4926 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4927 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4928 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4929 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4931 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4932 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4933 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4935 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4938 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4939 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4940 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4941 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4942 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4943 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4944 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4945 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4946 same memory location for the variable.
4948 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4949 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4950 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4952 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4953 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4955 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4956 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4958 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4962 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4963 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4964 and into the runtime process image. */
4965 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4966 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4967 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4968 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4970 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4971 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4972 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4976 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4977 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4978 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4981 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4982 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4983 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4984 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4985 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4988 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4989 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4990 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4992 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4993 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4996 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4998 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4999 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
5001 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
5003 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
5004 len2
= strlen (stub
);
5007 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
5008 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
5011 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
5013 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
5014 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
5015 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
5016 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, true, false, false);
5019 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5021 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5022 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5023 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
5024 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5025 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5026 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5027 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5029 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5034 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5035 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5038 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5041 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5043 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5045 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5046 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5050 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5051 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5053 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5054 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5058 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5059 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5061 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5062 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5064 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5065 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5071 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5072 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5074 static inline unsigned int
5075 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5078 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5083 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5085 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5087 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5093 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5096 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5097 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5099 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5101 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5102 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5103 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5104 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5107 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5108 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5112 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
5113 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
5116 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5117 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5121 || !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
5124 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5127 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5129 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5130 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5131 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5132 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5134 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5137 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5138 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5139 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5140 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5141 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5142 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5143 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5144 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5145 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5149 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5150 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5154 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5156 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5157 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5158 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5159 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5160 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5164 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5166 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5169 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5170 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5171 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5172 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5173 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5174 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5175 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5176 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5177 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5181 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5182 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5183 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5184 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5185 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5186 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5192 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5194 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5195 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5196 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5197 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5198 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5200 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5201 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5202 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5203 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5205 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5206 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5207 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5208 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5210 if (h
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5213 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5214 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5215 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5216 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5218 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5220 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5221 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5222 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5223 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5224 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5225 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5226 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5228 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5230 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5232 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5241 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5243 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5245 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5247 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5254 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5256 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5257 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5261 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5263 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5264 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5266 if ((h
->dynamic_adjusted
5268 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5269 && (info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
5270 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))))
5272 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5273 && !(h
->protected_def
5274 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5275 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5276 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5278 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5279 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5282 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5283 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5286 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5289 /* Allocate space. */
5290 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5292 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5293 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5294 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5295 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5298 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5299 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5302 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5303 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5304 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
5305 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5306 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5309 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5310 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5311 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5312 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5314 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5315 bool doneone
= false;
5316 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5318 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5319 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5324 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5327 dyn
= !use_local_plt (info
, h
);
5331 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5337 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5341 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5344 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5346 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5347 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5351 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5353 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5354 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5357 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5361 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5362 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5364 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5366 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5367 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5375 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5376 for the special first entry. */
5378 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5380 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5381 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5382 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5383 word available at the end. */
5384 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5385 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5387 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5388 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5390 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5391 file, and we are not generating a shared
5392 library, then set the symbol to this location
5393 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5394 relocations, and is required to make
5395 function pointers compare as equal between
5396 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5397 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5401 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5402 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5405 /* Make room for this entry. */
5406 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5407 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5409 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5410 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5411 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5412 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5413 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5415 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5418 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5423 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5425 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5426 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5428 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5430 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5431 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5436 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5438 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5440 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5441 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5442 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5445 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5447 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5448 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5449 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5452 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5453 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5454 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5457 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5459 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5466 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5470 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5476 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5483 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5485 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5486 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5487 1, /* CIE version. */
5488 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5489 4, /* Code alignment. */
5490 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5492 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5493 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5494 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5497 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5500 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5501 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5503 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5509 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5512 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5513 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5515 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5517 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5518 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5520 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5521 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5522 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5523 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5527 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5528 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5529 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5530 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5532 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5534 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5536 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5537 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5538 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5539 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5541 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5542 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5544 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5547 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5549 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5551 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5552 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5556 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5557 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5559 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5560 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5561 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5564 else if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5565 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5568 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5569 handled specially by the loader. */
5571 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5573 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5575 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5576 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5577 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5578 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5579 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5581 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5582 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5583 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5589 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5593 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5594 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5595 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5596 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5597 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5598 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5600 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5604 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5605 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5606 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5608 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5611 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5612 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5613 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5614 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5618 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5619 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5620 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5621 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5627 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5629 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5632 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5633 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5634 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5636 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5637 bool doneone
= false;
5638 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5640 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5641 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5643 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5645 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5646 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5648 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5656 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5659 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5661 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5664 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5665 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5667 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5671 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5673 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5674 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5676 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5678 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5679 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5685 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5689 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5690 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5692 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5694 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5695 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5696 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5699 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5701 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5703 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5705 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5706 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5707 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5708 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5709 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5711 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5712 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5714 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5717 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5719 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5721 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5723 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5724 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5726 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5728 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5730 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5731 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5732 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5733 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5734 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5737 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5738 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5739 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5741 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5742 /* Space for the branch table. */
5744 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5745 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5746 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5748 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5750 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5752 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5753 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5754 true, false, false);
5757 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5759 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5760 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5761 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5762 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5763 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5764 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5765 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5767 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5769 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5770 true, false, false);
5773 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5775 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5776 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5777 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5778 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5779 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5780 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5781 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5783 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5788 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5789 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5790 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5791 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5792 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5794 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5795 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5796 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5799 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5804 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5805 Allocate memory for them. */
5807 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5809 bool strip_section
= true;
5811 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5814 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5815 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5817 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5818 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5819 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5820 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5821 strip_section
= false;
5822 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5825 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5826 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5828 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5829 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5831 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5832 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5833 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5835 /* Strip these too. */
5837 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5838 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5840 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5842 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5846 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5849 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5850 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5856 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5860 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5862 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5863 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5864 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5865 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5866 before the linker maps input sections to output
5867 sections. The linker does that before
5868 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5869 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5870 into these sections. */
5871 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5875 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5878 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5879 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5880 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5884 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5886 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5887 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5888 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5889 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5890 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5891 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5892 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5894 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd
, info
,
5898 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5899 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5900 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5902 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5904 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5905 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5906 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5907 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5911 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5913 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5914 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5916 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5919 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5920 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5921 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5922 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5924 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5925 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5928 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5929 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5931 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5934 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5939 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5940 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5942 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5944 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5947 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5950 else if (adv
< 65536)
5952 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5953 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5958 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5959 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5962 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5965 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5966 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5969 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5970 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5976 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5977 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5980 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5982 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5984 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5988 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5989 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5991 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5992 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5994 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5995 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5996 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5997 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6004 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6006 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6010 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6011 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6016 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6019 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6021 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6023 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6024 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6027 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6030 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6032 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6033 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6034 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6036 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6037 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6038 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6039 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6040 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6041 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6042 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6043 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6046 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6048 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6049 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6050 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6051 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6054 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6056 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6057 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6060 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6061 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6062 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6063 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6066 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6068 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6071 struct one_branch_fixup
6073 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6075 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6076 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6081 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6082 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6083 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6084 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6085 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6086 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6087 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6088 unsigned changes
= 0;
6089 bool workaround_change
;
6090 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6091 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6097 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6098 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6099 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6100 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6104 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6105 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6107 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6110 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6114 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6115 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6116 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6117 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6119 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6120 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6121 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6123 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6124 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6126 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6128 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6129 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6130 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6133 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6134 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6137 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6138 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6139 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6140 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6141 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6144 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6146 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6147 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6149 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6150 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6152 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6153 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6154 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6158 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6160 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6161 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6163 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6166 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6167 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6168 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6171 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6172 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6173 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6174 unsigned char sym_type
;
6179 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6180 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6182 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6186 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6187 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6188 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6191 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6192 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6200 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6201 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6202 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6209 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6210 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6214 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6215 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6220 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6221 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6222 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6226 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6227 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6228 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6233 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6234 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6235 branch stub in that case. */
6236 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6237 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6238 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6240 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6241 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6242 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6244 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6245 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6246 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6247 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6248 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6250 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6252 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6254 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6255 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6256 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6257 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6258 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6263 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6264 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6266 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6267 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6268 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6271 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6274 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6276 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6277 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6278 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6279 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6281 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6282 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6283 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6284 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6291 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6296 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6297 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6298 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6302 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6303 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6304 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6305 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6309 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6310 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6311 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6312 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6314 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6315 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6317 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6318 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6319 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6320 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6325 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6327 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6328 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6329 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6332 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6334 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6335 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6338 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6342 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6343 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6348 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6349 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6354 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6355 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6356 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6357 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6358 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6359 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6360 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6361 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6362 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6365 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6366 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6367 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6368 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6369 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6370 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6372 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6373 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6374 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6375 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6376 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6378 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6379 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6380 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6381 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6382 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6383 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6384 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6385 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6386 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6387 location of interest is just "sym". */
6388 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6389 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6390 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6393 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6394 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6397 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6398 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6399 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6401 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6402 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6403 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6405 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6406 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6407 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6408 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6409 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6410 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6413 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6415 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6416 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6417 fixup can be created at final link.
6418 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6419 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6420 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6421 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6422 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6425 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6426 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6427 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6428 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6429 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6430 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6432 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6434 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6435 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6436 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6437 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6441 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6442 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6443 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6449 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6451 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6452 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6453 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6454 one. We'll report an error later. */
6457 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6459 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6464 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6467 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6468 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6469 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6471 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6472 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6473 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6476 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6477 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6478 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6480 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6481 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6482 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6485 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6486 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6487 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6490 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6498 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6499 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6502 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6503 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6506 /* Get the section contents. */
6507 if (contents
== NULL
)
6509 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6510 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6511 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6512 /* Go get them off disk. */
6513 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6517 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6518 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6522 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6523 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6524 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6526 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6527 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6531 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6532 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6533 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6536 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6541 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6543 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6544 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6549 workaround_change
= false;
6551 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6552 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6553 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6555 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6556 unsigned int crossings
;
6557 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6559 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6560 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6562 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6565 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6566 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6567 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6568 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6569 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6570 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6572 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6573 workaround_change
= true;
6575 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6576 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6578 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6581 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6583 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6584 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6585 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6586 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6589 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6590 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6593 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6595 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6599 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6600 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6604 if (contents
!= NULL
6605 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6607 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6611 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6612 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6616 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6619 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6620 information for the trampolines. */
6621 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6622 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6623 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6628 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6629 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6630 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6632 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6634 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6636 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6637 free (internal_relocs
);
6638 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6639 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6640 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6641 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6643 else if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6644 free (internal_relocs
);
6646 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6650 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6652 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6653 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6656 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6658 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6660 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6661 free (internal_relocs
);
6665 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6666 discarded sections. */
6669 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6671 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6674 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6677 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6680 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6683 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6684 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6685 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6687 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6689 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6691 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6695 /* Handle global symbol. */
6696 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6698 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6699 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6700 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6704 /* Handle local symbol. */
6705 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6707 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6708 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6709 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6712 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6715 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6717 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6718 as a "written" flag. */
6719 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6721 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6722 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6723 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6724 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6727 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6728 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6729 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6730 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6734 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6735 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6741 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6742 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6743 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6746 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6747 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6748 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6750 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6751 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6753 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6756 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6757 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6759 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6765 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6777 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6778 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6779 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6781 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6785 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6787 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6788 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6789 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6790 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6794 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6795 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6798 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6800 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6805 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6810 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6821 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6824 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6826 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6827 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6828 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6829 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6832 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6833 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6834 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6837 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6841 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6844 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6845 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6846 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6847 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6851 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6854 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6855 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6856 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6857 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6858 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6859 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6860 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6861 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6862 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6863 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6865 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6872 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6873 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6874 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6877 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6879 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6880 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6881 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6882 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6883 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6884 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6885 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6886 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6887 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6888 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6889 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6890 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6891 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6892 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6893 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6894 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6895 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6897 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6898 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6900 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6902 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6903 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6904 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6905 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6907 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6908 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6909 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6910 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6918 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6920 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6921 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6922 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6923 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6927 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6929 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6930 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6931 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6934 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6935 to handle the relocations for a section.
6937 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6938 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6941 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6942 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6943 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6946 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6947 address or the reloc symbol index.
6949 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6951 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6952 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6954 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6955 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6957 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6958 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6959 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6960 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6964 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6965 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6967 asection
*input_section
,
6969 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6970 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6971 asection
**local_sections
)
6973 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6974 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6975 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6976 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6977 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6978 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6979 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6981 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6983 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6984 bool is_vxworks_tls
;
6985 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6986 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6989 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6990 "%ld relocations%s",
6991 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6992 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
6993 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6996 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
6998 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7002 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7004 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7005 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7006 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7008 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7009 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7010 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7011 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7012 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7013 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7014 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7015 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7017 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7018 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7019 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7020 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7021 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7023 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7025 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7026 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7028 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7029 const char *sym_name
;
7030 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7031 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7033 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7034 bool unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7036 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7037 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7038 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7041 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7045 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7047 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7049 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7051 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7052 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7053 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7055 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7061 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7062 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7064 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7066 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7069 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7071 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7072 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7073 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7075 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7076 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7078 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7079 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7080 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7084 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7085 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7086 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7087 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7088 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7089 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7095 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7098 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7099 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7101 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7102 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7103 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7105 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7106 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7107 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7111 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7112 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7113 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7114 for the final instruction stream. */
7118 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7119 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7121 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7124 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7125 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7126 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7129 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7130 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7131 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7132 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7133 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7134 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7135 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7136 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7137 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7144 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7145 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7146 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7147 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
7148 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7152 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7153 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7155 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7156 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7157 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7158 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7159 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7164 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7165 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
7166 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7170 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7171 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7174 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7175 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7176 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7178 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7179 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7180 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7184 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7185 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7187 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7188 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7192 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7193 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7194 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7195 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7198 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7199 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7200 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7203 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7204 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7205 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7207 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7211 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7212 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7214 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7215 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7219 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7220 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7221 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7222 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7224 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7228 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7229 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7230 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7231 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7232 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7233 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7234 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7236 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7237 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7238 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7239 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7240 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7241 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7242 intervening code. */
7243 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7244 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7245 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7248 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7249 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7250 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
7251 && offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
, 4))
7253 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7254 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7255 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7257 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7258 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7259 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7264 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7265 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7268 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7270 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7272 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7274 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7275 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7276 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7277 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7278 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7279 + sec
->output_offset
7280 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7282 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7283 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7284 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
7285 && offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
, 4))
7287 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7288 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7289 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7290 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7291 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7295 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7298 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7299 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7306 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7308 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7311 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7313 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7316 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7320 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7323 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7324 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7329 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7330 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7331 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7333 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7334 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7335 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7336 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7337 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7342 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7344 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7348 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7350 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7351 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7356 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7358 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7360 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7361 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7362 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7363 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7364 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7365 + sec
->output_offset
7366 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7368 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7369 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7370 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7371 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7372 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7373 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7374 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7375 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7381 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7388 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7389 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7390 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7391 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7394 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7395 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7396 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7397 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7401 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7402 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7405 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7406 + input_section
->output_offset
7407 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7409 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7410 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7411 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7413 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7417 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7418 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7422 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7423 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7424 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7425 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7427 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7429 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7430 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7431 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7432 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7435 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7436 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7437 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7438 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7439 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7444 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7448 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7449 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7450 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7452 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7453 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7456 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
7457 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7459 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7460 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7461 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7462 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7468 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7469 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7470 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7472 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7473 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7474 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7475 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7476 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7478 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7479 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7480 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7481 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7482 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7483 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7484 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7485 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7487 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7488 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7490 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7492 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7493 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7494 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7495 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7497 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7498 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7500 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7501 output is reasonable. */
7502 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7504 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7505 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7506 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7508 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7510 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7514 /* xgettext:c-format */
7515 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7516 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7517 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7518 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7520 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
7521 && offset_in_range (input_section
,
7522 rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7524 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7525 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7526 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7527 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7528 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7529 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7530 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7531 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7532 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7533 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7534 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7535 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7536 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7537 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7538 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7539 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7540 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7542 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7543 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7545 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7547 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7548 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7552 /* xgettext:c-format */
7553 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7554 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7555 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7556 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7561 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
7563 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7567 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7568 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7570 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7571 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7573 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7575 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7576 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7577 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7582 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7583 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7584 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7585 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7586 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7589 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7590 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7591 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7592 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7593 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7594 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7595 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7599 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7601 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7602 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7604 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7606 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7607 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7608 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7609 apparently are using code compiled with
7610 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7611 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7612 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7613 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7615 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7616 /* xgettext:c-format */
7617 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7618 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7621 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7622 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7623 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7625 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7626 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7627 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7628 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7630 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7631 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7636 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7637 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7639 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7640 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7648 /* xgettext:c-format */
7649 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7650 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7652 /* xgettext:c-format */
7653 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: reloc %#x unsupported"),
7656 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7664 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7665 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7666 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7669 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7670 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7671 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7672 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7673 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7674 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7675 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7676 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7677 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7680 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7681 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7682 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7683 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7684 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7687 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7688 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7689 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7690 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7691 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7694 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7695 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7696 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7697 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7698 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7702 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7703 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7704 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7708 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7714 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7718 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7719 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7720 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7723 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7725 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7726 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7727 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7728 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7729 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7730 because of a version file. */
7735 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7737 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7741 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7743 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7746 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7747 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7748 processed this entry. */
7754 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7755 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7756 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7759 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7761 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7762 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7765 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7766 Initialize them all. */
7771 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7773 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7776 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7778 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7781 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7783 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7784 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7786 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7788 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7792 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7794 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7796 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7798 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7799 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7801 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7806 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7808 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7809 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7810 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7812 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7813 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7815 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7816 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7818 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7819 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7821 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7822 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7823 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7824 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7826 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7828 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7831 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7832 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7833 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7834 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7836 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7837 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7838 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7840 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7841 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7843 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7844 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7846 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7847 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7849 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7852 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7853 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7854 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7855 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7858 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7859 emitting a reloc. */
7862 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7866 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7870 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7873 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7874 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7875 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7878 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7880 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7881 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7885 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7886 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7890 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7899 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7902 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7904 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7906 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7907 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7909 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7911 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7913 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7915 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7922 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7923 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7926 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7927 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7929 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7931 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7932 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7933 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7934 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7936 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7937 /* xgettext:c-format */
7938 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7939 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7945 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7946 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7947 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7948 at a symbol not in this object. */
7949 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7951 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7952 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7959 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7961 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7962 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7963 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7964 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7965 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7966 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7967 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7968 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7969 /* xgettext:c-format */
7970 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7971 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7972 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7976 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7977 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7978 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7979 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7980 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7981 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7984 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7987 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7988 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
7989 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7991 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7993 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7995 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7996 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
7997 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7998 defined before using them. */
7999 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8000 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8001 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8003 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8006 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8007 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8008 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8009 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8010 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8014 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8015 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8018 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8019 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8020 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8023 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8029 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8030 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8031 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8032 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8036 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8042 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8043 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8044 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8049 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8050 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8051 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8054 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8055 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8056 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8057 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8058 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8059 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8065 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8066 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8067 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8072 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8076 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8078 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8079 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8080 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8082 && h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8090 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8091 "create relocation for %s\n",
8092 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8093 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8096 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8097 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8100 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8103 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8104 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8105 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8106 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8107 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8109 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8110 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8111 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8112 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8113 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8114 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8115 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8118 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8119 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8122 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8123 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8124 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8125 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8129 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8131 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8135 /* If we get here when building a static
8136 executable, then the libc startup function
8137 responsible for applying indirect function
8138 relocations is going to complain about
8140 If we get here when building a dynamic
8141 executable, it will be because we have
8142 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8143 will set the text segment writable and
8144 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8145 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8146 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8147 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8148 /* xgettext:c-format */
8149 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8150 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8151 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8156 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8158 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8160 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8167 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8168 against a section symbol. It would be
8169 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8170 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8171 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8172 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8173 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8174 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8176 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8181 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8184 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8185 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8187 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8190 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8191 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8193 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8194 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8197 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8199 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8200 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8202 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8205 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8208 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8210 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8211 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8212 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8217 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8218 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8219 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8224 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8225 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8228 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8235 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8236 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8239 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8240 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8242 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8244 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8245 got2_addend
= addend
;
8248 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8249 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8250 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8251 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8252 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8254 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8255 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8261 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8262 ? offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- 12,
8263 ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) * 4)
8264 : offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8265 ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
) * 4))
8269 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8272 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8274 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8275 + input_section
->output_offset
8276 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8277 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8278 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8279 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8280 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8282 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8287 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8290 relocation
+= addend
;
8291 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8294 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8296 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8297 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8301 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8302 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8310 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8314 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8315 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8316 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8317 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8318 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8319 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8320 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8321 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8323 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8324 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8330 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8331 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8332 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8333 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8335 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8339 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8340 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8344 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8345 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8346 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8347 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8349 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8353 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8354 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8358 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8359 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8360 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8361 AIX .toc section. */
8362 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8363 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8365 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8368 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8369 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8371 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8374 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8375 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8377 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8379 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8380 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8382 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8384 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8385 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8386 using -Bsymbolic. */
8390 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8391 procedure linkage table. */
8392 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8393 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8394 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8395 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8396 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8398 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8399 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8404 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8405 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8406 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8412 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8413 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8414 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8417 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8418 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8420 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8422 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8423 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8424 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8425 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8427 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8428 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8430 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8432 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8433 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8434 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8438 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8439 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8440 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
8443 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8445 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8447 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8448 + plt
->output_offset
8450 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8454 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8456 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8457 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8459 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8467 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8468 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8471 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8474 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8475 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8477 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8480 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8482 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8483 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8484 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8487 /* xgettext:c-format */
8488 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8489 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8498 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8499 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8502 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8505 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8506 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8508 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8511 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8513 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8514 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8515 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8518 /* xgettext:c-format */
8519 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8520 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8529 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8530 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8531 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8532 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8534 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8537 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8538 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8539 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8540 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8542 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8545 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8546 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8547 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8548 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8550 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8553 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8554 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8555 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8556 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8558 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8561 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8562 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8563 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8564 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8566 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8569 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8570 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8571 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8572 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8574 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8577 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8578 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8579 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8580 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8581 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8582 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8584 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8592 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8594 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8596 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8600 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8601 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8602 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8605 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8607 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8608 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8611 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8613 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8614 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8621 /* xgettext:c-format */
8622 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8623 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8629 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8636 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8638 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8641 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8644 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8647 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8648 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8649 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8650 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8651 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8652 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8653 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8654 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8655 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8657 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8659 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8660 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8662 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8665 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8669 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8670 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8671 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8672 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8673 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8674 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8675 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8677 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8680 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8681 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8682 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
8685 /* Fill in register field. */
8686 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8687 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8691 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8692 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8693 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8694 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8695 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8696 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8697 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8698 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8703 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8705 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8707 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8711 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8712 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8713 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8714 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8715 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8716 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8717 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8721 /* xgettext:c-format */
8722 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8723 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8734 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8736 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8739 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8741 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8742 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8744 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8746 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8747 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8748 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8750 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8752 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8753 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8755 value
= value
>> 16;
8756 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8758 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8760 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8762 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8764 value
= value
>> 16;
8765 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8767 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8769 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8771 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8773 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8774 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8776 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8778 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8780 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8782 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8783 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8785 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8787 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8794 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8795 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8796 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8799 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
,
8805 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8807 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8808 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8809 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8810 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8812 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8815 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8818 /* Negative relocations. */
8819 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8820 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8821 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8822 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8823 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8824 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8828 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8829 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8830 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8831 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8833 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8835 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8836 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8837 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8838 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8839 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8840 /* xgettext:c-format */
8841 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8842 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8844 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8854 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8855 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
8856 && relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
8857 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
8860 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8861 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8865 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8866 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
8867 && relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
8868 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
8870 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8871 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8872 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
8874 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8885 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8887 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8889 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8890 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8892 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8893 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8894 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8895 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8898 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8899 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8900 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8901 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8906 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8907 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8908 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8910 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
8912 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8913 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8914 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8915 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8916 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8919 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8920 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8921 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8922 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8927 /* Do any further special processing. */
8933 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8934 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8935 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8936 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8937 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8938 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8939 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8940 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8941 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8942 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8943 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8944 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8949 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8950 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8951 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8952 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8953 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8954 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8955 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8956 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8961 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8963 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8964 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8966 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8967 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8968 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8970 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8971 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8972 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8973 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8974 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8975 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8976 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8977 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8978 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8979 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
8981 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8982 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8983 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8984 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8986 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8987 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8989 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8991 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8995 relocation
+= addend
;
8996 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8997 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
9000 relocation
^= lobit
;
9001 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9002 /* xgettext:c-format */
9003 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
9004 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9005 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
9006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9014 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
9015 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
9020 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
9024 if (unresolved_reloc
9025 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
9027 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
9028 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
9030 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9031 /* xgettext:c-format */
9032 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
9033 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9039 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
9040 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
9041 have different reloc types. */
9042 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
9043 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
9044 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
9045 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9047 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
9049 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
9053 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
9054 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9055 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
9056 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9057 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9058 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9059 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
9061 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9064 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9069 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9071 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9072 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
9073 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9078 relocation
+= addend
;
9079 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9080 + input_section
->output_offset
9081 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9083 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9085 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9086 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9091 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9092 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9095 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9097 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9099 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9100 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9103 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9104 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9105 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9106 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9107 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9108 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9112 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9113 /* xgettext:c-format */
9114 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9115 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9116 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9127 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9128 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9130 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9131 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9132 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9134 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9136 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9137 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9142 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9143 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9144 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9148 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9151 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9152 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9153 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9154 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9156 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9157 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9158 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9161 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9162 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9163 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9164 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9165 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9167 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9168 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9170 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9176 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9177 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9178 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9181 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9186 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9187 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9188 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9189 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9190 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9192 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9193 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9194 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9195 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9196 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9200 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9201 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9203 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9206 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9214 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9215 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9217 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9221 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9238 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9239 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9240 avoid the icache failure.
9242 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9243 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9244 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9245 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9246 unconditional branches:
9247 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9248 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9249 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9250 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9251 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9252 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9253 instruction is not executed.
9258 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9265 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9266 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9267 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9268 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9269 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9270 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9273 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9274 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9277 . nop b somewhere_else
9278 . b somewhere_else nop
9279 . new_page: new_page:
9281 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9282 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9283 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9284 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9285 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9286 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9287 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9290 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9291 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9292 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9293 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9297 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9298 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9302 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9303 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9304 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9305 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9307 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9309 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9310 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9313 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9315 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9316 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9319 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9320 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9321 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9322 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9328 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9329 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9330 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9331 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9334 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9337 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9338 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9339 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9340 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9343 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9344 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9346 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9348 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9352 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9354 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9355 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9358 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9359 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9369 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9370 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9372 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9374 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9375 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9377 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9379 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9381 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9382 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9383 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9384 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9385 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9387 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9389 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9390 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9391 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9392 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9393 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9395 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9397 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9398 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9399 contents
+ patch_off
);
9401 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9402 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9403 contents
+ patch_off
);
9410 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9412 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9413 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9415 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9416 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9417 contents
+ patch_off
);
9419 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9420 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9421 contents
+ patch_off
);
9423 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9424 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9425 contents
+ patch_off
);
9431 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9433 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9434 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9435 contents
+ patch_off
);
9438 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9439 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9446 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9449 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9451 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9452 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9453 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9457 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9458 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9460 bool dyn
= !use_local_plt (info
, h
);
9464 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9466 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9467 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9468 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9470 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
9471 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9474 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9475 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9476 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9477 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9478 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9481 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9483 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
&& dyn
)
9486 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9488 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9489 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9491 /* Use the right PLT. */
9492 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9493 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9495 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9496 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9498 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9499 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9500 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9501 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9502 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9503 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9507 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9509 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9510 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9511 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9512 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9513 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9514 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9517 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9518 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9519 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9520 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9522 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9523 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9524 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9525 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9526 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9527 prescaled offset. */
9528 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9529 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9530 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9531 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9532 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9533 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9534 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9535 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9537 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9539 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9540 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9541 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9542 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9543 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9544 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9546 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9547 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9548 in this PLT entry. */
9549 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9550 + plt
->output_offset
9551 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9552 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9554 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9556 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9557 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9558 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9559 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9560 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9562 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9563 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9564 + plt
->output_offset
9565 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9566 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9568 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9569 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9570 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9572 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9573 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9574 + plt
->output_offset
9575 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9576 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9578 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9579 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9580 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9582 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9583 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9584 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9585 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9587 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9589 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9590 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9593 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9594 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9595 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9596 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9597 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9598 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9599 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9608 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9610 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9611 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9615 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9616 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9619 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9620 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9621 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9626 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9627 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9631 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9632 + plt
->output_offset
9635 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
|| !dyn
)
9637 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9638 linker will fill it in. */
9642 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9643 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9644 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9645 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9646 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9653 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9656 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9657 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9659 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9660 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9661 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9662 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9666 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9667 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9668 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9669 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9670 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9672 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9677 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
9680 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9684 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9685 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9690 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9691 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9693 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9694 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9703 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9706 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9708 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9714 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9716 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9718 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9719 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9720 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9721 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9722 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9723 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9725 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9728 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9732 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9733 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9734 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9735 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9736 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9737 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9738 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9740 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9742 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9744 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9747 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9750 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9751 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9753 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9758 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9759 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9760 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9762 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9764 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9765 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9766 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9767 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9771 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9772 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9774 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9775 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9779 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9780 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9785 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9786 + plt
->output_offset
9787 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9788 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9789 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9790 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9791 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9793 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9794 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9798 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9799 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9801 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9804 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9810 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9811 dynamic sections here. */
9814 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9815 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9816 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9817 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9819 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9820 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9823 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9824 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9828 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9829 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9830 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9832 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9834 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9835 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9836 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9837 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9838 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9839 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9841 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9842 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9844 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9846 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9847 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9848 function pointer. */
9854 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9855 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9856 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9857 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9858 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9859 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9862 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9863 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9864 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9865 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9866 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9874 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9877 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9880 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9883 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9885 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9887 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9888 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9890 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9891 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9893 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9894 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9896 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9897 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9901 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9907 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9908 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9909 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9910 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9912 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9914 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9915 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9917 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9919 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9920 return reloc_class_relative
;
9921 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9922 return reloc_class_plt
;
9924 return reloc_class_copy
;
9926 return reloc_class_normal
;
9930 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9933 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9934 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9937 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9943 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9946 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9947 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9948 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9951 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9952 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9954 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9956 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9958 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9960 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9961 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9962 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9964 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9967 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9972 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9973 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9976 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9980 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9984 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9985 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9989 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9993 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9994 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9995 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9996 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9997 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9998 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9999 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10000 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10004 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
10005 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
10010 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
10014 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
10015 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10017 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10018 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
10020 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
10022 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
10023 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
10025 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
10026 so that a function can easily find the address of
10027 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10028 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
10029 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
10030 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
10035 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
10036 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
10037 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
10038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
10043 /* xgettext:c-format */
10044 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10045 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
10046 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
10047 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
10048 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10052 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10055 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10056 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
10057 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10058 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10059 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10061 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10062 /* Use the right PLT. */
10063 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10064 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10065 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10067 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10069 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10071 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10072 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10073 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10074 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10078 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10079 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10081 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10082 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10083 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10084 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10085 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10086 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10088 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10090 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10093 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10095 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10096 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10097 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10099 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10101 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10102 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10104 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10105 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10106 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10108 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10110 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10111 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10113 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10114 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10115 in which symbols were output. */
10116 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10118 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10120 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10121 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10122 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10123 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10125 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10126 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10127 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10128 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10130 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10131 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10132 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10133 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10138 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10139 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10140 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10143 unsigned char *endp
;
10147 * PIC glink code is the following:
10149 * # ith PLT code stub.
10150 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10151 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10155 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10156 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10157 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10158 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10159 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10161 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10167 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10170 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10173 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10174 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10175 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10176 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10179 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10182 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10184 * # ith PLT code stub.
10185 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10186 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10190 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10193 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10194 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10195 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10196 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10199 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10200 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10204 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10205 and perhaps some padding. */
10206 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10207 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10208 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10209 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10210 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10212 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10217 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10221 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10222 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10223 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10225 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10227 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10228 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10229 glink branch table. */
10230 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10232 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10233 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10235 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10236 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10237 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10239 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10243 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10244 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10247 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10248 one other call stub before this one. */
10249 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10253 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10258 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10259 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10260 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10264 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10265 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10266 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10268 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10270 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10282 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10284 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10286 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10288 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10293 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10295 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10304 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10306 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10308 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10309 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10313 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10315 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10317 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10319 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10320 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10322 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10325 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10327 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10332 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10335 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10338 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10339 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10341 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10344 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10349 /* Offset to .glink. */
10350 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10351 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10352 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10353 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10354 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10355 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10357 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10358 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10359 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10360 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10367 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10368 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10369 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10370 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10371 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10372 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10373 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10374 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10375 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10376 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10378 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10379 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10383 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10386 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10387 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10388 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10389 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10390 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10391 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10393 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10394 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10395 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10396 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10397 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10398 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10399 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10400 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10402 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10403 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10404 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10405 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10406 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10407 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10408 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10409 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10410 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10411 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10412 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10413 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10414 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10415 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10416 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10417 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10418 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10419 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10420 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10421 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10422 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10423 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10424 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10425 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10426 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10427 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10428 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10429 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10430 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10432 #include "elf32-target.h"
10434 /* FreeBSD Target */
10436 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10437 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10439 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10440 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10441 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10442 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10445 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10448 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10450 #include "elf32-target.h"
10452 /* VxWorks Target */
10454 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10455 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10457 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10458 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10459 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10460 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10464 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10465 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10467 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10468 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10469 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10471 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10474 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10475 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10477 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10480 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10481 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10482 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10483 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10485 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10487 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10490 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10491 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10492 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10493 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10494 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10495 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10500 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10502 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10503 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10504 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10505 const char **namep
,
10510 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10514 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10518 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10520 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10521 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10524 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10526 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10527 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10528 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10529 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10530 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10531 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10532 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10533 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10534 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10535 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10536 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10537 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10538 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10539 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10541 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10543 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10544 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10545 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10546 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10547 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10548 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10549 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10550 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10551 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10552 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10553 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10554 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10555 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10556 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10557 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10558 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10559 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10560 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10563 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10565 #include "elf32-target.h"